* elf-bfd.h (enum elf_reloc_type_class): Add reloc_class_ifunc.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
6
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23
24 #include "sysdep.h"
25 #include "bfd.h"
26 #include "bfdlink.h"
27 #include "libbfd.h"
28 #include "elf-bfd.h"
29 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
30 #include "elf/sh.h"
31 #include "dwarf2.h"
32 #include "libiberty.h"
33 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
34
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
38 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
40 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
41 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
42 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
43 #ifndef SH64_ELF
44 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
45 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
46 #endif
47 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
48 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
49 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
50 (struct bfd_link_info *);
51 static bfd_vma tpoff
52 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
53
54 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
55 section. */
56
57 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
58
59 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
60 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
61
62 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
63
64 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
65 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
66 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
67 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
68 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
69 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
70 \f
71 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
72 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
73 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
74 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
75 {
76 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
77 };
78
79 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
80 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
81 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
82 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
83 {
84 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
85 };
86 \f
87 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
88
89 static bfd_boolean
90 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
91 {
92 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
93 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
94 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
95
96 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
97 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
98 #else
99 return FALSE;
100 #endif
101 }
102
103 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
104
105 static bfd_boolean
106 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
107 {
108 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
109 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
110 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
111
112 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
113 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
114 #else
115 return FALSE;
116 #endif
117 }
118
119 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
120
121 static reloc_howto_type *
122 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
123 {
124 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
125 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
126 return sh_elf_howto_table;
127 }
128
129 static bfd_reloc_status_type
130 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
131 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
132 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
133 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
134 {
135 static bfd_vma last_addr;
136 static asection *last_symbol_section;
137 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
138 int diff, cum_diff;
139 bfd_signed_vma x;
140 int insn;
141
142 /* Sanity check the address. */
143 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
144 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
145
146 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
147 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
148 if (! last_addr)
149 {
150 last_addr = addr;
151 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
152 return bfd_reloc_ok;
153 }
154 if (last_addr != addr)
155 abort ();
156 last_addr = 0;
157
158 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
159 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
160
161 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
162 if (symbol_section != input_section)
163 {
164 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
165 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
166 else
167 {
168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
169 &contents))
170 {
171 if (contents != NULL)
172 free (contents);
173 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
174 }
175 }
176 }
177 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
178 start_ptr = contents + start;
179 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
180 {
181 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
182 ptr -= 2;
183 ptr += 2;
184 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
185 cum_diff += diff & 1;
186 cum_diff += diff;
187 }
188 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
189 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
190 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
191 if (cum_diff >= 0)
192 {
193 start -= 4;
194 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
195 }
196 else
197 {
198 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
199
200 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
201 start0 -= 2;
202 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
203 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
204 end = start0;
205 }
206
207 if (contents != NULL
208 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
209 free (contents);
210
211 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
212
213 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
214 if (input_section != symbol_section)
215 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
216 - (input_section->output_section->vma
217 + input_section->output_offset));
218 x >>= 1;
219 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
220 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
221
222 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
223 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
224
225 return bfd_reloc_ok;
226 }
227
228 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
229 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
230
231 static bfd_reloc_status_type
232 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
233 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
234 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
235 {
236 unsigned long insn;
237 bfd_vma sym_value;
238 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
239 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
240 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
241
242 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
243
244 if (output_bfd != NULL)
245 {
246 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
247 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
248 return bfd_reloc_ok;
249 }
250
251 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
252 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
253 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
254 return bfd_reloc_ok;
255
256 if (symbol_in != NULL
257 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
258 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
259
260 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
261 sym_value = 0;
262 else
263 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
264 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
265 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
266
267 switch (r_type)
268 {
269 case R_SH_DIR32:
270 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
271 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
272 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
273 break;
274 case R_SH_IND12W:
275 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
276 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
277 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
278 + input_section->output_offset
279 + addr
280 + 4);
281 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
282 if (insn & 0x800)
283 sym_value -= 0x1000;
284 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
285 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
286 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
287 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
288 break;
289 default:
290 abort ();
291 break;
292 }
293
294 return bfd_reloc_ok;
295 }
296
297 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
298 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
299
300 static bfd_reloc_status_type
301 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
302 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
303 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
304 bfd *output_bfd,
305 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
306 {
307 if (output_bfd != NULL)
308 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
309 return bfd_reloc_ok;
310 }
311
312 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
313
314 struct elf_reloc_map
315 {
316 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
317 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
318 };
319
320 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
321
322 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
323 {
324 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
325 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
326 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
327 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
328 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
330 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
331 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
332 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
334 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
337 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
342 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
343 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
344 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
346 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
347 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
358 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
359 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
361 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
364 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
371 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
374 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
418 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
419 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
420 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
421 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
422 };
423
424 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
425 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
426
427 static reloc_howto_type *
428 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
429 {
430 unsigned int i;
431
432 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
433 {
434 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
435 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
436 }
437
438 return NULL;
439 }
440
441 static reloc_howto_type *
442 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
443 {
444 unsigned int i;
445
446 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
447 {
448 for (i = 0;
449 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
450 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
451 i++)
452 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
453 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
454 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
455 }
456 else
457 {
458 for (i = 0;
459 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
460 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
461 i++)
462 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
463 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
464 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
465 }
466
467 return NULL;
468 }
469
470 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
471
472 static void
473 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
474 {
475 unsigned int r;
476
477 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
478
479 BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
480 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
481 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
482 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
483 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
484 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
485 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
486
487 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
488 }
489 \f
490 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
491 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
492 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
493 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
494 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
495 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
496 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
497 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
498 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
499
500 static bfd_boolean
501 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
502 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
503 {
504 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
505 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
506 bfd_boolean have_code;
507 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
508 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
509 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
510
511 *again = FALSE;
512
513 if (link_info->relocatable
514 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
515 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
516 return TRUE;
517
518 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
519 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
520 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
521 {
522 return TRUE;
523 }
524 #endif
525
526 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
527
528 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
529 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
530 link_info->keep_memory));
531 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
532 goto error_return;
533
534 have_code = FALSE;
535
536 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
537 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
538 {
539 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
540 unsigned short insn;
541 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
542 bfd_signed_vma foff;
543
544 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
545 have_code = TRUE;
546
547 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
548 continue;
549
550 /* Get the section contents. */
551 if (contents == NULL)
552 {
553 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
554 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
555 else
556 {
557 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
558 goto error_return;
559 }
560 }
561
562 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
563 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
564 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
565 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
566 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
567 if (laddr >= sec->size)
568 {
569 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
570 abfd,
571 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
572 continue;
573 }
574 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
575
576 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
577 do. */
578 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
579 {
580 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
581 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
582 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
583 continue;
584 }
585
586 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
587 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
588 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
589 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
590 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
591 on a four byte boundary. */
592 paddr = insn & 0xff;
593 paddr *= 4;
594 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
595 if (paddr >= sec->size)
596 {
597 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
598 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
599 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
600 continue;
601 }
602
603 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
604 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
605 actually being called. */
606 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
607 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
608 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
609 break;
610 if (irelfn >= irelend)
611 {
612 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
613 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
614 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
615 continue;
616 }
617
618 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
619 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
620 {
621 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
622 if (isymbuf == NULL)
623 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
624 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
625 NULL, NULL, NULL);
626 if (isymbuf == NULL)
627 goto error_return;
628 }
629
630 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
631 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
632 {
633 /* A local symbol. */
634 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
635
636 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
637 if (isym->st_shndx
638 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
639 {
640 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
641 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
642 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
643 continue;
644 }
645
646 symval = (isym->st_value
647 + sec->output_section->vma
648 + sec->output_offset);
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 unsigned long indx;
653 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
654
655 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
656 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
657 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
658 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
659 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
660 {
661 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
662 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
663 regular reloc processing. */
664 continue;
665 }
666
667 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
668 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
669 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
670 }
671
672 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
673 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
674 else
675 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
676
677 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
678 foff = (symval
679 - (irel->r_offset
680 + sec->output_section->vma
681 + sec->output_offset
682 + 4));
683 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
684 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
685 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
686 that. */
687 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
688 {
689 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
690 continue;
691 }
692
693 /* Shorten the function call. */
694
695 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
696 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
697 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
698 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
699 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
700 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
701 the linker is run. */
702
703 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
704 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
705 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
706
707 /* Replace the jsr with a bsr. */
708
709 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
710 replace the jsr with a bsr. */
711 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
712 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
713 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
714 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
715 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
716 the value of the symbol is not available. */
717
718 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
719 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
720 the final link phase handle it. */
721 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
722
723 irel->r_addend = -4;
724
725 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
726 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
727 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
728 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
729 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
730
731 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
732 register load. */
733 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
734 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
735 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
736 break;
737 if (irelscan < irelend)
738 {
739 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
740 and we have not yet converted that function call.
741 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
742 nothing else we can do at this point. */
743 continue;
744 }
745
746 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
747 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
748 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
749 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
750 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
751 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
752 break;
753
754 /* Delete the register load. */
755 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
756 goto error_return;
757
758 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
759 other function call to come within range, we should relax
760 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
761 *again = TRUE;
762
763 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
764 if (irelcount >= irelend)
765 {
766 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
767 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
768 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
769 continue;
770 }
771
772 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
773 just deleted one. */
774 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
775 {
776 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
777 abfd,
778 (unsigned long) paddr));
779 continue;
780 }
781
782 --irelcount->r_addend;
783
784 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
785 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
786 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
787 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
788 {
789 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
790 goto error_return;
791 }
792
793 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
794 }
795
796 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
797 byte boundaries. */
798 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
799 && have_code)
800 {
801 bfd_boolean swapped;
802
803 /* Get the section contents. */
804 if (contents == NULL)
805 {
806 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
807 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
808 else
809 {
810 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
811 goto error_return;
812 }
813 }
814
815 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
816 &swapped))
817 goto error_return;
818
819 if (swapped)
820 {
821 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
822 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
823 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
824 }
825 }
826
827 if (isymbuf != NULL
828 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
829 {
830 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
831 free (isymbuf);
832 else
833 {
834 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
835 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
836 }
837 }
838
839 if (contents != NULL
840 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
841 {
842 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
843 free (contents);
844 else
845 {
846 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
847 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
848 }
849 }
850
851 if (internal_relocs != NULL
852 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
853 free (internal_relocs);
854
855 return TRUE;
856
857 error_return:
858 if (isymbuf != NULL
859 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
860 free (isymbuf);
861 if (contents != NULL
862 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
863 free (contents);
864 if (internal_relocs != NULL
865 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
866 free (internal_relocs);
867
868 return FALSE;
869 }
870
871 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
872 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
873 in coff-sh.c. */
874
875 static bfd_boolean
876 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
877 int count)
878 {
879 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
880 unsigned int sec_shndx;
881 bfd_byte *contents;
882 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
883 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
884 bfd_vma toaddr;
885 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
886 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
887 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
888 unsigned int symcount;
889 asection *o;
890
891 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
892 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
893
894 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
895
896 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
897
898 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
899 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
900
901 irelalign = NULL;
902 toaddr = sec->size;
903
904 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
905 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
906 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
907 {
908 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
909 && irel->r_offset > addr
910 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
911 {
912 irelalign = irel;
913 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
914 break;
915 }
916 }
917
918 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
919 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
920 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
921 if (irelalign == NULL)
922 sec->size -= count;
923 else
924 {
925 int i;
926
927 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
928
929 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
930 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
931 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
932 }
933
934 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
935 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
936 {
937 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
938 bfd_vma start = 0;
939 int insn = 0;
940 int off, adjust, oinsn;
941 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
942 bfd_boolean overflow;
943
944 /* Get the new reloc address. */
945 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
946 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
947 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
948 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
949 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
950 nraddr -= count;
951
952 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
953 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
954 represent addresses, though. */
955 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
956 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
957 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
958 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
959 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
960 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
961 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
962 (int) R_SH_NONE);
963
964 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
965 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
966 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
967 {
968 default:
969 break;
970
971 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
972 case R_SH_IND12W:
973 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
974 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
975 start = irel->r_offset;
976 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
977 break;
978 }
979
980 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
981 {
982 default:
983 start = stop = addr;
984 break;
985
986 case R_SH_DIR32:
987 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
988 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
989 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
990 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
991 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
992 {
993 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
994 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
995 && (isym->st_value <= addr
996 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
997 {
998 bfd_vma val;
999
1000 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1001 {
1002 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1003 val += isym->st_value;
1004 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1005 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1006 }
1007 else
1008 {
1009 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1010 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1011 irel->r_addend -= count;
1012 }
1013 }
1014 }
1015 start = stop = addr;
1016 break;
1017
1018 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1019 off = insn & 0xff;
1020 if (off & 0x80)
1021 off -= 0x100;
1022 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1023 break;
1024
1025 case R_SH_IND12W:
1026 off = insn & 0xfff;
1027 if (! off)
1028 {
1029 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1030 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1031 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1032 start = stop = addr;
1033 }
1034 else
1035 {
1036 if (off & 0x800)
1037 off -= 0x1000;
1038 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1039
1040 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1041 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1042 start of the section.
1043 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1044 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1045 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1046 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1047 irel->r_addend -= count;
1048 }
1049 break;
1050
1051 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1052 off = insn & 0xff;
1053 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1054 break;
1055
1056 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1057 off = insn & 0xff;
1058 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1059 break;
1060
1061 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1062 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1063 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1064 /* These relocs types represent
1065 .word L2-L1
1066 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1067 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1068 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1069 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1070 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1071 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1072
1073 stop = irel->r_offset;
1074 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1075
1076 if (start > addr
1077 && start < toaddr
1078 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1079 irel->r_addend += count;
1080 else if (stop > addr
1081 && stop < toaddr
1082 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1083 irel->r_addend -= count;
1084
1085 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1086 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1087 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1088 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1089 else
1090 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1091 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1092
1093 break;
1094
1095 case R_SH_USES:
1096 start = irel->r_offset;
1097 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1098 + (long) irel->r_addend
1099 + 4);
1100 break;
1101 }
1102
1103 if (start > addr
1104 && start < toaddr
1105 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1106 adjust = count;
1107 else if (stop > addr
1108 && stop < toaddr
1109 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1110 adjust = - count;
1111 else
1112 adjust = 0;
1113
1114 if (adjust != 0)
1115 {
1116 oinsn = insn;
1117 overflow = FALSE;
1118 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1119 {
1120 default:
1121 abort ();
1122 break;
1123
1124 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1125 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1126 insn += adjust / 2;
1127 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1128 overflow = TRUE;
1129 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1130 break;
1131
1132 case R_SH_IND12W:
1133 insn += adjust / 2;
1134 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1135 overflow = TRUE;
1136 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1137 break;
1138
1139 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1140 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1141 if (count >= 4)
1142 insn += adjust / 4;
1143 else
1144 {
1145 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1146 ++insn;
1147 }
1148 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1149 overflow = TRUE;
1150 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1151 break;
1152
1153 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1154 voff += adjust;
1155 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1156 overflow = TRUE;
1157 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1158 break;
1159
1160 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1161 voff += adjust;
1162 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1163 overflow = TRUE;
1164 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1165 break;
1166
1167 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1168 voff += adjust;
1169 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1170 break;
1171
1172 case R_SH_USES:
1173 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1174 break;
1175 }
1176
1177 if (overflow)
1178 {
1179 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1180 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1181 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1183 return FALSE;
1184 }
1185 }
1186
1187 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1188 }
1189
1190 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1191 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1192 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1193 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1194 {
1195 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1196 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1197 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1198
1199 if (o == sec
1200 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1201 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1202 continue;
1203
1204 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1205 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1206 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1207 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1208 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1209 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1210 return FALSE;
1211
1212 ocontents = NULL;
1213 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1214 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1215 {
1216 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1217 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1218 {
1219 bfd_vma start, stop;
1220 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1221
1222 if (ocontents == NULL)
1223 {
1224 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1225 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1226 else
1227 {
1228 /* We always cache the section contents.
1229 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1230 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1231 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1232 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1233 {
1234 if (ocontents != NULL)
1235 free (ocontents);
1236 return FALSE;
1237 }
1238
1239 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1240 }
1241 }
1242
1243 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1244 start
1245 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1246
1247 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1248 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1249 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1250
1251 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1252 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1253
1254 if (start > addr
1255 && start < toaddr
1256 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1257 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1258 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1259 else if (stop > addr
1260 && stop < toaddr
1261 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1262 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1263 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1264 }
1265
1266 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1267 continue;
1268
1269 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1270 continue;
1271
1272
1273 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1274 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1275 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1276 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1277 {
1278 bfd_vma val;
1279
1280 if (ocontents == NULL)
1281 {
1282 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1283 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1284 else
1285 {
1286 /* We always cache the section contents.
1287 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1288 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1289 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1290 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1291 {
1292 if (ocontents != NULL)
1293 free (ocontents);
1294 return FALSE;
1295 }
1296
1297 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1298 }
1299 }
1300
1301 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1302 val += isym->st_value;
1303 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1304 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1305 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1306 }
1307 }
1308 }
1309
1310 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1311 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1312 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1313 {
1314 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1315 && isym->st_value > addr
1316 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1317 isym->st_value -= count;
1318 }
1319
1320 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1321 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1322 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1323 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1324 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1325 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1326 {
1327 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1328 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1329 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1330 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1331 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1332 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1333 {
1334 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1335 }
1336 }
1337
1338 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1339 r_offset for it already. */
1340 if (irelalign != NULL)
1341 {
1342 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1343
1344 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1345 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1346 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1347 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1348 {
1349 /* Tail recursion. */
1350 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1351 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1352 }
1353 }
1354
1355 return TRUE;
1356 }
1357
1358 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1359 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1360
1361 static bfd_boolean
1362 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1363 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1364 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1365 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1366 {
1367 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1368 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1369 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1370 bfd_size_type amt;
1371
1372 *pswapped = FALSE;
1373
1374 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1375
1376 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1377 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1378 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1379 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1380 if (labels == NULL)
1381 goto error_return;
1382 label_end = labels;
1383 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1384 {
1385 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1386 {
1387 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1388 ++label_end;
1389 }
1390 }
1391
1392 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1393 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1394 the label values and the relocs. */
1395
1396 label = labels;
1397
1398 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1399 {
1400 bfd_vma start, stop;
1401
1402 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1403 continue;
1404
1405 start = irel->r_offset;
1406
1407 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1408 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1409 break;
1410 if (irel < irelend)
1411 stop = irel->r_offset;
1412 else
1413 stop = sec->size;
1414
1415 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1416 internal_relocs, &label,
1417 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1418 goto error_return;
1419 }
1420
1421 free (labels);
1422
1423 return TRUE;
1424
1425 error_return:
1426 if (labels != NULL)
1427 free (labels);
1428 return FALSE;
1429 }
1430
1431 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1432 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1433
1434 static bfd_boolean
1435 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1436 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1437 {
1438 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1439 unsigned short i1, i2;
1440 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1441
1442 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1443 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1444 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1445 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1446 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1447
1448 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1449 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1450 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1451 {
1452 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1453 int add;
1454
1455 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1456 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1457 but are only associated with the address. */
1458 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1459 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1460 || type == R_SH_CODE
1461 || type == R_SH_DATA
1462 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1463 continue;
1464
1465 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1466 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1467 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1468 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1469 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1470 instruction it shouldn't). */
1471 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1472 {
1473 bfd_vma off;
1474
1475 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1476 if (off == addr)
1477 irel->r_offset += 2;
1478 else if (off == addr + 2)
1479 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1480 }
1481
1482 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1483 {
1484 irel->r_offset += 2;
1485 add = -2;
1486 }
1487 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1488 {
1489 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1490 add = 2;
1491 }
1492 else
1493 add = 0;
1494
1495 if (add != 0)
1496 {
1497 bfd_byte *loc;
1498 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1499 bfd_boolean overflow;
1500
1501 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1502 overflow = FALSE;
1503 switch (type)
1504 {
1505 default:
1506 break;
1507
1508 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1509 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1510 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1511 oinsn = insn;
1512 insn += add / 2;
1513 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1514 overflow = TRUE;
1515 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1516 break;
1517
1518 case R_SH_IND12W:
1519 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1520 oinsn = insn;
1521 insn += add / 2;
1522 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1523 overflow = TRUE;
1524 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1525 break;
1526
1527 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1528 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1529 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1530 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1531 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1532 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1533 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1534 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1535 {
1536 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1537 oinsn = insn;
1538 insn += add / 2;
1539 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1540 overflow = TRUE;
1541 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1542 }
1543
1544 break;
1545 }
1546
1547 if (overflow)
1548 {
1549 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1550 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1551 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1552 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1553 return FALSE;
1554 }
1555 }
1556 }
1557
1558 return TRUE;
1559 }
1560 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1561 \f
1562 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1563
1564 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1565 {
1566 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1567 first entry. */
1568 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1569
1570 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1571 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1572
1573 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1574 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1575 if there is no such pointer. */
1576 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1577
1578 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1579 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1580
1581 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1582 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1583
1584 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1585 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1586 that the field must hold. */
1587 struct {
1588 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1589 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1590 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1591 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1592 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1593 entry). */
1594 } symbol_fields;
1595
1596 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1597 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1598
1599 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1600 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1601 other cases. */
1602 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1603 };
1604
1605 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1606
1607 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1608
1609 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1610
1611 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1612
1613 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1614 {
1615 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1616 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1617 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1618 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1619 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1620 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1621 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1631 };
1632
1633 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1634 {
1635 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1636 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1637 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1638 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1639 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1640 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1641 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1651 };
1652
1653 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1654 this. */
1655
1656 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1657 {
1658 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1659 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1660 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1661 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1662 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1663 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1666 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1667 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1668 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1669 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1670 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1671 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1672 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1674 };
1675
1676 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1677 {
1678 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1679 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1680 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1681 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1682 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1683 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1686 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1687 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1688 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1689 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1690 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1691 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1692 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1694 };
1695
1696 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1697
1698 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1699 {
1700 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1701 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1702 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1703 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1704 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1705 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1708 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1709 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1710 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1711 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1712 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1713 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1714 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1715 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1716 };
1717
1718 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1719 {
1720 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1721 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1722 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1723 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1725 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1728 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1729 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1730 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1731 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1732 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1733 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1734 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1735 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1736 };
1737
1738 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1739 {
1740 {
1741 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1742 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1743 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1744 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1745 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1746 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1747 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1748 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1749 NULL
1750 },
1751 {
1752 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1753 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1754 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1755 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1756 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1757 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1758 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1759 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1760 NULL
1761 },
1762 },
1763 {
1764 {
1765 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1766 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1767 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1768 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1769 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1770 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1771 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1772 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1773 NULL
1774 },
1775 {
1776 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1777 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1778 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1779 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1780 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1781 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1782 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1783 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1784 NULL
1785 },
1786 }
1787 };
1788
1789 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1790 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1791
1792 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1793 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1794 not data.
1795
1796 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1797
1798 inline static void
1799 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1800 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1801 {
1802 value |= code_p;
1803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1804 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1805 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1806 addr);
1807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1808 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1809 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1810 addr + 4);
1811 }
1812
1813 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1814 the object is position-independent. */
1815
1816 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1817 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1818 {
1819 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1820 }
1821 #else
1822 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1823
1824 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1825
1826 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1827
1828 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1829 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1830 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1831 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1832 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1833 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1834 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1835 greater than or equal to 12. */
1836 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1837 {
1838 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1839 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1840 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1841 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1842 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1843 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1844 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1845 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1846 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1847 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1848 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1849 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1850 };
1851
1852 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1853 {
1854 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1855 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1856 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1857 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1858 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1859 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1860 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1861 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1862 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1863 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1864 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1865 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1866 };
1867
1868 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1869 this. */
1870
1871 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1872 {
1873 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1874 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1875 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1876 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1877 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1878 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1879 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1880 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1881 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1882 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1883 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1884 };
1885
1886 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1887 {
1888 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1889 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1890 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1891 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1892 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1893 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1894 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1895 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1896 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1897 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1898 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1899 };
1900
1901 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1902
1903 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1904 {
1905 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1906 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1907 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1908 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1909 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1910 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1911 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1912 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1913 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1914 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1915 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1916 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1917 };
1918
1919 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1920 {
1921 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1922 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1923 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1924 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1925 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1926 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1927 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1928 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1929 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1930 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1931 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1932 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1933 };
1934
1935 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1936 {
1937 {
1938 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1939 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1940 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1941 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1942 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1943 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1944 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1945 8,
1946 NULL
1947 },
1948 {
1949 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1950 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1951 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1952 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1953 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1954 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1955 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1956 8,
1957 NULL
1958 },
1959 },
1960 {
1961 {
1962 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1963 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1964 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1965 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1966 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1967 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1968 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1969 8,
1970 NULL
1971 },
1972 {
1973 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1974 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1975 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1976 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1977 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1978 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1979 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1980 8,
1981 NULL
1982 },
1983 }
1984 };
1985
1986 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1987 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1988
1989 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1990 {
1991 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1992 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1993 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1994 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1995 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1996 };
1997
1998 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1999 {
2000 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2001 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2002 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2003 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2004 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2005 };
2006
2007 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2008 {
2009 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2010 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2011 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2012 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2013 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2014 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2015 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2016 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2017 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2018 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2019 };
2020
2021 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2022 {
2023 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2024 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2025 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2026 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2027 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2028 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2029 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2030 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2031 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2032 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2033 };
2034
2035 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2036 {
2037 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2038 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2039 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2040 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2041 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2042 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2043 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2044 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2045 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2046 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2047 };
2048
2049 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2050 {
2051 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2052 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2053 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2054 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2055 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2056 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2057 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2058 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2059 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2060 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2061 };
2062
2063 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2064 {
2065 {
2066 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2067 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2068 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2069 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2070 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2071 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2072 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2073 12,
2074 NULL
2075 },
2076 {
2077 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2078 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2079 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2080 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2081 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2082 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2083 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2084 12,
2085 NULL
2086 },
2087 },
2088 {
2089 {
2090 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2091 NULL,
2092 0,
2093 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2094 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2095 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2096 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2097 12,
2098 NULL
2099 },
2100 {
2101 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2102 NULL,
2103 0,
2104 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2105 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2106 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2107 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2108 12,
2109 NULL
2110 },
2111 }
2112 };
2113
2114 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2115 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2116 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2117 cache behavior. */
2118
2119 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2120 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2121
2122 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2123 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2124 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2125 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2126 stubs separately. */
2127
2128 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2129 {
2130 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2131 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2132 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2133 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2134 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2135 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2136 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2137 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2138 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2139 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2140 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2141 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2142 };
2143
2144 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2145 {
2146 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2147 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2148 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2149 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2150 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2151 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2152 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2153 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2154 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2155 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2156 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2157 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2158 };
2159
2160 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2161 {
2162 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2163 NULL,
2164 0,
2165 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2166 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2167 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2168 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2169 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2170 NULL
2171 },
2172 {
2173 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2174 NULL,
2175 0,
2176 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2177 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2178 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2179 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2180 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2181 NULL
2182 },
2183 };
2184
2185 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2186 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2187 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2188 but would not be any smaller. */
2189
2190 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2191 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2192
2193 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2194 {
2195 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2196 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2197 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2198 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2199 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2200 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2201 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2202 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2203 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2204 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2205 };
2206
2207 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2208 {
2209 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2210 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2211 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2212 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2213 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2214 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2215 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2216 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2217 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2218 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2219 };
2220
2221 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2222 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2223 NULL,
2224 0,
2225 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2226 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2227 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2228 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2229 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2230 NULL
2231 };
2232
2233 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2234 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2235 NULL,
2236 0,
2237 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2238 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2239 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2240 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2241 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2242 NULL
2243 };
2244
2245 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2246 {
2247 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2248 NULL,
2249 0,
2250 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2251 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2252 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2253 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2254 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2255 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2256 },
2257 {
2258 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2259 NULL,
2260 0,
2261 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2262 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2263 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2264 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2265 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2266 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2267 },
2268 };
2269
2270 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2271 the object is position-independent. */
2272
2273 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2274 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2275 {
2276 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2277 {
2278 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2279 sequence. */
2280 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2281 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2282 else
2283 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2284 }
2285 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2286 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2288 }
2289
2290 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2291 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2292 not data. */
2293
2294 inline static void
2295 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2296 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2297 {
2298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2299 }
2300 #endif
2301
2302 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2303 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2304 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2305 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2306 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2307
2308 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2309
2310 static bfd_vma
2311 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2312 {
2313 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2314
2315 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2316 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2317 {
2318 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2319 {
2320 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2321 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2322 }
2323 else
2324 info = info->short_plt;
2325 }
2326 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2327 }
2328
2329 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2330
2331 static bfd_vma
2332 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2333 {
2334 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2335
2336 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2337 {
2338 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2339 {
2340 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2341 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2342 }
2343 else
2344 info = info->short_plt;
2345 }
2346 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2347 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2348 }
2349
2350 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2351 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2352 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2353 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2354 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2355
2356 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2357 {
2358 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2359
2360 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2361 asection *sec;
2362
2363 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2364 bfd_size_type count;
2365
2366 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2367 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2368 };
2369
2370 union gotref
2371 {
2372 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2373 bfd_vma offset;
2374 };
2375
2376 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2377
2378 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2379 {
2380 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2381
2382 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2383 union
2384 {
2385 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2386 bfd_vma offset;
2387 } datalabel_got;
2388 #endif
2389
2390 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2391 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2392
2393 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2394
2395 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2396 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2397 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2398 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2399 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2400 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2401 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2402 descriptor will be canonical. */
2403 union gotref funcdesc;
2404
2405 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2406 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2407 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2408
2409 enum got_type {
2410 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2411 } got_type;
2412 };
2413
2414 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2415
2416 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2417 {
2418 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2419
2420 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2421 char *local_got_type;
2422
2423 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2424 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2425 };
2426
2427 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2428 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2429
2430 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2431 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2432
2433 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2434 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2435
2436 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2437 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2438 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2439 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2440
2441 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2442 as the specific tdata. */
2443
2444 static bfd_boolean
2445 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2446 {
2447 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2448 SH_ELF_DATA);
2449 }
2450
2451 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2452
2453 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2454 {
2455 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2456
2457 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2458 asection *sgot;
2459 asection *sgotplt;
2460 asection *srelgot;
2461 asection *splt;
2462 asection *srelplt;
2463 asection *sdynbss;
2464 asection *srelbss;
2465 asection *sfuncdesc;
2466 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2467 asection *srofixup;
2468
2469 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2470 asection *srelplt2;
2471
2472 /* Small local sym cache. */
2473 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2474
2475 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2476 union
2477 {
2478 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2479 bfd_vma offset;
2480 } tls_ldm_got;
2481
2482 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2483 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2484
2485 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2486 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2487
2488 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2489 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2490 };
2491
2492 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2493
2494 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2495 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2496 (&(table)->root, \
2497 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2498 (info)))
2499
2500 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2501
2502 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2503 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2504 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2505
2506 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2507
2508 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2509 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2510 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2511 const char *string)
2512 {
2513 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2514 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2515
2516 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2517 subclass. */
2518 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2519 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2520 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2521 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2522 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2523 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2524
2525 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2526 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2527 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2528 table, string));
2529 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2530 {
2531 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2532 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2533 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2534 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2535 #endif
2536 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2537 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2538 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2539 }
2540
2541 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2542 }
2543
2544 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2545
2546 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2547 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2548 {
2549 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2550 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2551
2552 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2553 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2554 return NULL;
2555
2556 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2557 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2558 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2559 SH_ELF_DATA))
2560 {
2561 free (ret);
2562 return NULL;
2563 }
2564
2565 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2566 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2567
2568 return &ret->root.root;
2569 }
2570
2571 static bfd_boolean
2572 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2573 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2574 {
2575 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2576
2577 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2578 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2579 return TRUE;
2580
2581 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2582 relocate independently. */
2583 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2584 {
2585 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2586 case SHT_NOBITS:
2587 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2588 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2589 case SHT_NULL:
2590 return FALSE;
2591
2592 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2593 against any other section. */
2594 default:
2595 return TRUE;
2596 }
2597 }
2598
2599 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2600 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2601
2602 static bfd_boolean
2603 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2604 {
2605 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2606
2607 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2608 return FALSE;
2609
2610 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2611 if (htab == NULL)
2612 return FALSE;
2613
2614 htab->sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
2615 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2616 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2617 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2618 abort ();
2619
2620 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2621 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2622 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2623 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2624 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2625 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2626 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2627 return FALSE;
2628
2629 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2630 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2631 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2635 | SEC_READONLY));
2636 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2637 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2638 return FALSE;
2639
2640 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2641 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2642 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2643 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2644 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2645 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2646 | SEC_READONLY));
2647 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2648 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2649 return FALSE;
2650
2651 return TRUE;
2652 }
2653
2654 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2655
2656 static bfd_boolean
2657 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2658 {
2659 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2660 flagword flags, pltflags;
2661 asection *s;
2662 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2663 int ptralign = 0;
2664
2665 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2666 {
2667 case 32:
2668 ptralign = 2;
2669 break;
2670
2671 case 64:
2672 ptralign = 3;
2673 break;
2674
2675 default:
2676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2677 return FALSE;
2678 }
2679
2680 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2681 if (htab == NULL)
2682 return FALSE;
2683
2684 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2685 return TRUE;
2686
2687 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2688 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2689
2690 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2691 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2692
2693 pltflags = flags;
2694 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2695 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2696 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2697 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2698 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2699
2700 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2701 htab->splt = s;
2702 if (s == NULL
2703 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2704 return FALSE;
2705
2706 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2707 {
2708 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2709 .plt section. */
2710 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2711 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2712
2713 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2714 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2715 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2716 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2717 return FALSE;
2718
2719 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2720 h->def_regular = 1;
2721 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2722 htab->root.hplt = h;
2723
2724 if (info->shared
2725 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2726 return FALSE;
2727 }
2728
2729 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2730 bed->default_use_rela_p
2731 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2732 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2733 htab->srelplt = s;
2734 if (s == NULL
2735 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2736 return FALSE;
2737
2738 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2739 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2740 return FALSE;
2741
2742 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2743 {
2744 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2745 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2746 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2747 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2748 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2749 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2750 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2751 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2752 htab->sdynbss = s;
2753 if (s == NULL)
2754 return FALSE;
2755
2756 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2757 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2758 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2759 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2760 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2761 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2762 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2763 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2764 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2765 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2766 copy relocs. */
2767 if (! info->shared)
2768 {
2769 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2770 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2771 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2772 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2773 htab->srelbss = s;
2774 if (s == NULL
2775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2776 return FALSE;
2777 }
2778 }
2779
2780 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2781 {
2782 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2783 return FALSE;
2784 }
2785
2786 return TRUE;
2787 }
2788 \f
2789 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2790 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2791 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2792 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2793 understand. */
2794
2795 static bfd_boolean
2796 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2797 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2798 {
2799 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2800 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2801 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2802 asection *s;
2803
2804 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2805 if (htab == NULL)
2806 return FALSE;
2807
2808 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2809 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2810 && (h->needs_plt
2811 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2812 || (h->def_dynamic
2813 && h->ref_regular
2814 && !h->def_regular)));
2815
2816 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2817 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2818 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2819 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2820 || h->needs_plt)
2821 {
2822 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2823 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2824 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2825 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2826 {
2827 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2828 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2829 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2830 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2831 reloc instead. */
2832 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2833 h->needs_plt = 0;
2834 }
2835
2836 return TRUE;
2837 }
2838 else
2839 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2840
2841 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2842 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2843 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2844 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2845 {
2846 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2847 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2848 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2849 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2850 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2851 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2852 return TRUE;
2853 }
2854
2855 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2856 is not a function. */
2857
2858 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2859 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2860 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2861 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2862 if (info->shared)
2863 return TRUE;
2864
2865 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2866 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2867 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2868 return TRUE;
2869
2870 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2871 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2872 {
2873 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2874 return TRUE;
2875 }
2876
2877 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2878 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2879 {
2880 s = p->sec->output_section;
2881 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2882 break;
2883 }
2884
2885 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2886 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2887 the copy reloc. */
2888 if (p == NULL)
2889 {
2890 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2891 return TRUE;
2892 }
2893
2894 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2895 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2896 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2897 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2898 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2899 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2900 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2901 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2902 same memory location for the variable. */
2903
2904 s = htab->sdynbss;
2905 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2906
2907 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2908 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2909 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2910 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2911 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2912 {
2913 asection *srel;
2914
2915 srel = htab->srelbss;
2916 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2917 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2918 h->needs_copy = 1;
2919 }
2920
2921 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2922 }
2923
2924 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2925 dynamic relocs. */
2926
2927 static bfd_boolean
2928 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2929 {
2930 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2931 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2932 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2933 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2934
2935 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2936 return TRUE;
2937
2938 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2939 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2940 if (htab == NULL)
2941 return FALSE;
2942
2943 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2944 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2945 || h->forced_local)
2946 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2947 {
2948 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2949 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2950 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2951 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2952 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2953 }
2954
2955 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2956 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2957 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2958 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2959 {
2960 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2961 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2962 if (h->dynindx == -1
2963 && !h->forced_local)
2964 {
2965 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2966 return FALSE;
2967 }
2968
2969 if (info->shared
2970 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2971 {
2972 asection *s = htab->splt;
2973 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2974
2975 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2976 first entry. */
2977 if (s->size == 0)
2978 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2979
2980 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2981
2982 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2983 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2984 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2985 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2986 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2987 function's address will be the address of the canonical
2988 function descriptor. */
2989 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
2990 {
2991 h->root.u.def.section = s;
2992 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
2993 }
2994
2995 /* Make room for this entry. */
2996 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
2997 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
2998 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
2999 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3000 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3001
3002 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3003 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3004 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3005 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3006 else
3007 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3008
3009 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3010 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3011
3012 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3013 {
3014 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3015 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3016 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3017
3018 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3019 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3020 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3021 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3022
3023 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3024 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3025 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3026 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3027 }
3028 }
3029 else
3030 {
3031 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3032 h->needs_plt = 0;
3033 }
3034 }
3035 else
3036 {
3037 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3038 h->needs_plt = 0;
3039 }
3040
3041 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3042 {
3043 asection *s;
3044 bfd_boolean dyn;
3045 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3046
3047 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3048 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3049 if (h->dynindx == -1
3050 && !h->forced_local)
3051 {
3052 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3053 return FALSE;
3054 }
3055
3056 s = htab->sgot;
3057 h->got.offset = s->size;
3058 s->size += 4;
3059 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3060 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3061 s->size += 4;
3062 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3063 if (!dyn)
3064 {
3065 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3066 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3067 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3068 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3069 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3070 }
3071 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3072 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && !h->def_dynamic && !info->shared)
3073 ;
3074 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3075 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3076 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3077 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3078 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3079 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3080 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3081 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3082 {
3083 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3084 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3085 else
3086 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3087 }
3088 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3089 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3090 && (info->shared
3091 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3092 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3093 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3094 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3095 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3096 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3097 }
3098 else
3099 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3100
3101 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3102 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3103 {
3104 asection *s;
3105 bfd_boolean dyn;
3106
3107 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3108 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3109 if (h->dynindx == -1
3110 && !h->forced_local)
3111 {
3112 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3113 return FALSE;
3114 }
3115
3116 s = htab->sgot;
3117 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3118 s->size += 4;
3119 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3120 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3121 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3122 }
3123 else
3124 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3125 #endif
3126
3127 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3128 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3129 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3130 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3131 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3132 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3133 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3134 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3135 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3136 {
3137 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3138 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3139 else
3140 htab->srelgot->size
3141 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3142 }
3143
3144 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3145 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3146 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3147 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3148 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3149 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3150 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3151 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3152 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3153 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3154 {
3155 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3156 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3157 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3158
3159 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3160 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3161 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3162 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3163 else
3164 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3165 }
3166
3167 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3168 return TRUE;
3169
3170 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3171 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3172 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3173 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3174 visibility changes. */
3175
3176 if (info->shared)
3177 {
3178 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3179 {
3180 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3181
3182 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3183 {
3184 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3185 p->pc_count = 0;
3186 if (p->count == 0)
3187 *pp = p->next;
3188 else
3189 pp = &p->next;
3190 }
3191 }
3192
3193 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3194 {
3195 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3196
3197 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3198 {
3199 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3200 *pp = p->next;
3201 else
3202 pp = &p->next;
3203 }
3204 }
3205
3206 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3207 visibility. */
3208 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3209 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3210 {
3211 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3212 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3213
3214 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3215 symbol in PIEs. */
3216 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3217 && !h->forced_local)
3218 {
3219 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3220 return FALSE;
3221 }
3222 }
3223 }
3224 else
3225 {
3226 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3227 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3228 dynamic. */
3229
3230 if (!h->non_got_ref
3231 && ((h->def_dynamic
3232 && !h->def_regular)
3233 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3234 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3235 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3236 {
3237 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3238 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3239 if (h->dynindx == -1
3240 && !h->forced_local)
3241 {
3242 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3243 return FALSE;
3244 }
3245
3246 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3247 relocs. */
3248 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3249 goto keep;
3250 }
3251
3252 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3253
3254 keep: ;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3258 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3259 {
3260 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3261 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3262
3263 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3264 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3265 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3266 }
3267
3268 return TRUE;
3269 }
3270
3271 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3272
3273 static bfd_boolean
3274 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3275 {
3276 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3277 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3278
3279 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3280 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3281 {
3282 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3283
3284 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3285 {
3286 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3287
3288 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3289
3290 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3291 return FALSE;
3292 }
3293 }
3294 return TRUE;
3295 }
3296
3297 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3298 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3299 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3300
3301 static bfd_boolean
3302 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3303 {
3304 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3305
3306 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable
3307 && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
3308 "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
3309 return FALSE;
3310 return TRUE;
3311 }
3312
3313 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3314
3315 static bfd_boolean
3316 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3317 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3318 {
3319 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3320 bfd *dynobj;
3321 asection *s;
3322 bfd_boolean relocs;
3323 bfd *ibfd;
3324
3325 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3326 if (htab == NULL)
3327 return FALSE;
3328
3329 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3330 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3331
3332 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3333 {
3334 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3335 if (info->executable)
3336 {
3337 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3338 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3339 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3340 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3341 }
3342 }
3343
3344 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3345 relocs. */
3346 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3347 {
3348 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3349 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3350 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3351 char *local_got_type;
3352 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3353 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3354 asection *srel;
3355
3356 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3357 continue;
3358
3359 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3360 {
3361 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3362
3363 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3364 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3365 p != NULL;
3366 p = p->next)
3367 {
3368 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3369 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3370 {
3371 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3372 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3373 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3374 the relocs too. */
3375 }
3376 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3377 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3378 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3379 {
3380 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3381 handled specially by the loader. */
3382 }
3383 else if (p->count != 0)
3384 {
3385 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3386 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3387 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3388 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3389
3390 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3391 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3392 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3393 }
3394 }
3395 }
3396
3397 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3398 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3399 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3400 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3401 locsymcount *= 2;
3402 #endif
3403 s = htab->sgot;
3404 srel = htab->srelgot;
3405
3406 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3407 if (local_got)
3408 {
3409 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3410 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3411 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3412 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3413 {
3414 if (*local_got > 0)
3415 {
3416 *local_got = s->size;
3417 s->size += 4;
3418 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3419 s->size += 4;
3420 if (info->shared)
3421 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3422 else
3423 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3424
3425 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3426 {
3427 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3428 {
3429 bfd_size_type size;
3430
3431 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3432 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3433 size);
3434 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3435 return FALSE;
3436 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3437 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3438 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3439 }
3440 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3441 ++local_funcdesc;
3442 }
3443 }
3444 else
3445 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3446 ++local_got_type;
3447 }
3448 }
3449
3450 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3451 if (local_funcdesc)
3452 {
3453 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3454
3455 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3456 {
3457 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3458 {
3459 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3460 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3461 if (!info->shared)
3462 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3463 else
3464 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3465 }
3466 else
3467 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3468 }
3469 }
3470
3471 }
3472
3473 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3474 {
3475 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3476 relocs. */
3477 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3478 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3479 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3480 }
3481 else
3482 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3483
3484 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3485 the end of .got.plt. */
3486 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3487 {
3488 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3489 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3490 }
3491
3492 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3493 sym dynamic relocs. */
3494 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3495
3496 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3497 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3498 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3499 {
3500 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3501 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3502 }
3503
3504 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3505 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3506 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3507
3508 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3509 Allocate memory for them. */
3510 relocs = FALSE;
3511 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3512 {
3513 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3514 continue;
3515
3516 if (s == htab->splt
3517 || s == htab->sgot
3518 || s == htab->sgotplt
3519 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3520 || s == htab->srofixup
3521 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3522 {
3523 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3524 comment below. */
3525 }
3526 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3527 {
3528 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3529 relocs = TRUE;
3530
3531 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3532 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3533 s->reloc_count = 0;
3534 }
3535 else
3536 {
3537 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3538 continue;
3539 }
3540
3541 if (s->size == 0)
3542 {
3543 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3544 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3545 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3546 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3547 before the linker maps input sections to output
3548 sections. The linker does that before
3549 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3550 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3551 into these sections. */
3552
3553 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3554 continue;
3555 }
3556
3557 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3558 continue;
3559
3560 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3561 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3562 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3563 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3564 of garbage. */
3565 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3566 if (s->contents == NULL)
3567 return FALSE;
3568 }
3569
3570 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3571 {
3572 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3573 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3574 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3575 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3576 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3577 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3578 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3579
3580 if (info->executable)
3581 {
3582 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3583 return FALSE;
3584 }
3585
3586 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3587 {
3588 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3589 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3590 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3591 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3592 return FALSE;
3593 }
3594 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3595 && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3596 {
3597 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3598 return FALSE;
3599 }
3600
3601 if (relocs)
3602 {
3603 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3604 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3605 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3606 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3607 return FALSE;
3608
3609 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3610 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3611 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3612 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3613
3614 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3615 {
3616 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3617 return FALSE;
3618 }
3619 }
3620 if (htab->vxworks_p
3621 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3622 return FALSE;
3623 }
3624 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3625
3626 return TRUE;
3627 }
3628 \f
3629 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3630
3631 inline static bfd_vma
3632 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3633 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3634 {
3635 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3636 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3637
3638 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3639 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3640 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3641
3642 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3643 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3644 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3645 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3646 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3647
3648 return reloc_offset;
3649 }
3650
3651 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3652
3653 inline static void
3654 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3655 {
3656 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3657
3658 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3659 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3660 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3661 }
3662
3663 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3664 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3665
3666 static bfd_signed_vma
3667 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3668 {
3669 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3670 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3671 }
3672
3673 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3674 located. */
3675
3676 static unsigned
3677 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3678 {
3679 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3680
3681 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3682 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3683
3684 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3685 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3686 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3687 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3688 }
3689
3690 static bfd_boolean
3691 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3692 {
3693 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3694
3695 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3696 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3697 }
3698
3699 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3700 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3701 static bfd_boolean
3702 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3703 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3704 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3705 bfd_vma offset,
3706 asection *section,
3707 bfd_vma value)
3708 {
3709 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3710 int dynindx;
3711 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3712
3713 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3714
3715 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3716 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3717 go in the reloc instead... */
3718
3719 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3720 {
3721 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3722 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3723 }
3724
3725 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3726 {
3727 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3728 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3729 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3730 }
3731 else
3732 {
3733 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3734 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3735 addr = seg = 0;
3736 }
3737
3738 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3739 {
3740 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3741 {
3742 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3743 offset
3744 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3745 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3746 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3747 offset + 4
3748 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3749 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3750 }
3751
3752 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3753 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3754 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3755 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3756 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3757 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3758 }
3759 else
3760 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3761 offset
3762 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3763 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3764 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3765
3766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3768
3769 return TRUE;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3773 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3774 otherwise. */
3775
3776 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3777 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3778 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3779 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3780 {
3781 unsigned long cur_val;
3782 bfd_byte *addr;
3783 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3784
3785 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3786 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3787
3788 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3789 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3790 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3791 return r;
3792
3793 addr = contents + offset;
3794 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3795 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3796 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3797
3798 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3802
3803 static bfd_boolean
3804 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3805 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3806 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3807 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3808 asection **local_sections)
3809 {
3810 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3811 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3812 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3813 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3814 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3815 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3816 asection *sgot = NULL;
3817 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3818 asection *splt = NULL;
3819 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3820 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3821 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3822 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3823 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3824
3825 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3826
3827 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3828 if (htab != NULL)
3829 {
3830 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3831 sgot = htab->sgot;
3832 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3833 splt = htab->splt;
3834 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3835 }
3836 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3837 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3838 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3839
3840 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3841 input_section->output_section);
3842 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3843 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3844 sgot->output_section);
3845 else
3846 got_segment = -1;
3847 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3848 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3849 splt->output_section);
3850 else
3851 plt_segment = -1;
3852
3853 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3854 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3855 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3856 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3857 ".tls_vars"));
3858
3859 rel = relocs;
3860 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3861 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3862 {
3863 int r_type;
3864 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3865 unsigned long r_symndx;
3866 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3867 asection *sec;
3868 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3869 bfd_vma relocation;
3870 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3871 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3872 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3873 bfd_vma off;
3874 enum got_type got_type;
3875 const char *symname = NULL;
3876
3877 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3878
3879 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3880
3881 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3882 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3883 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3884 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3885 continue;
3886 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3887 continue;
3888
3889 if (r_type < 0
3890 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3891 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3892 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3893 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3894 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3895 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3896 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3897 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3898 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3899 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3900 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3901 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3902 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3903 {
3904 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3905 return FALSE;
3906 }
3907
3908 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3909
3910 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3911 the relocation. */
3912 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3913 addend = rel->r_addend;
3914
3915 h = NULL;
3916 sym = NULL;
3917 sec = NULL;
3918 check_segment[0] = -1;
3919 check_segment[1] = -1;
3920 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3921 {
3922 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3923 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3924
3925 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3926 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3927 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3928 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3929
3930 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3931 + sec->output_offset
3932 + sym->st_value);
3933 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
3934 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
3935 without notice. */
3936 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
3937 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
3938 (info,
3939 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
3940 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
3941
3942 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3943 /* Handled below. */
3944 ;
3945 else if (info->relocatable)
3946 {
3947 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
3948 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3949 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3950 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
3951 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3952 {
3953 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3954 {
3955 /* For relocations with the addend in the
3956 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3957 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3958 code is mostly for completeness. */
3959 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3960
3961 continue;
3962 }
3963
3964 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3965 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3966 from the changed location of the section symbol.
3967 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3968 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3969 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3970 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3971 final link. */
3972 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3973 sec->output_offset
3974 + sym->st_value,
3975 contents + rel->r_offset);
3976 goto relocation_done;
3977 }
3978
3979 continue;
3980 }
3981 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3982 {
3983 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3984 addend = rel->r_addend;
3985 }
3986 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3987 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3988 {
3989 asection *msec;
3990
3991 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
3992 {
3993 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3994 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
3995 input_bfd, input_section,
3996 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
3997 return FALSE;
3998 }
3999
4000 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4001 msec = sec;
4002 addend =
4003 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4004 - relocation;
4005 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4006 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4007 addend = 0;
4008 }
4009 }
4010 else
4011 {
4012 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4013
4014 relocation = 0;
4015 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4016 symname = h->root.root.string;
4017 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4018 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4019 {
4020 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4021 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4022 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4023 doesn't count. */
4024 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4025 #endif
4026 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4027 }
4028 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4029 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4030 {
4031 bfd_boolean dyn;
4032
4033 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4034 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4035 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4036 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4037 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4038 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4039 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4040 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4041 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4042 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4043 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4044 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4045 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4046 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4047 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4048 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4049 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4050 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4051 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4052 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4053 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4054 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4055 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4056 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4057 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4058 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4059 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4060 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4061 && (! info->shared
4062 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4063 || !h->def_regular))
4064 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4065 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4066 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4067 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4068 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4069 || (info->shared
4070 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4071 || !h->def_regular)
4072 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4073 && !h->forced_local)
4074 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4075 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4076 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4077 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4078 sections against symbols defined externally
4079 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4080 with them here. */
4081 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4082 && h->def_dynamic)))
4083 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4084 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4085 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4086 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4087 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4088 && h->def_dynamic))
4089 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4090 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4091 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4092 ;
4093 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4094 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4095 + sec->output_section->vma
4096 + sec->output_offset)
4097 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4098 symbol value, unless we've seen
4099 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4100 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4101 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4102 else if (!info->relocatable
4103 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4104 input_section,
4105 rel->r_offset)
4106 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4107 {
4108 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4109 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4110 input_bfd,
4111 input_section,
4112 (long) rel->r_offset,
4113 howto->name,
4114 h->root.root.string);
4115 return FALSE;
4116 }
4117 }
4118 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4119 ;
4120 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4121 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4122 ;
4123 else if (!info->relocatable)
4124 {
4125 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4126 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4127 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4128 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4129 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4130 return FALSE;
4131 }
4132 }
4133
4134 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4135 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4136 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4137
4138 if (info->relocatable)
4139 continue;
4140
4141 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4142 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4143 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4144 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4145 if (sec != NULL)
4146 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4147 sec->output_section);
4148 else
4149 check_segment[1] = -1;
4150
4151 switch ((int) r_type)
4152 {
4153 final_link_relocate:
4154 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4155 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4156 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4157 contents, rel->r_offset,
4158 relocation, addend);
4159 break;
4160
4161 case R_SH_IND12W:
4162 goto final_link_relocate;
4163
4164 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4165 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4166 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4167 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4168 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4169 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4170 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4171 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4172 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4173 != relocation)
4174 {
4175 int disp = (relocation
4176 - input_section->output_section->vma
4177 - input_section->output_offset
4178 - rel->r_offset);
4179 int mask = 0;
4180 switch (r_type)
4181 {
4182 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4183 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4184 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4185 default: mask = 0; break;
4186 }
4187 if (disp & mask)
4188 {
4189 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4190 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4191 input_section->owner,
4192 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4193 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4194 return FALSE;
4195 }
4196 relocation -= 4;
4197 goto final_link_relocate;
4198 }
4199 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4200 break;
4201
4202 default:
4203 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4204 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4205 contents, rel, &relocation))
4206 goto final_link_relocate;
4207 #endif
4208 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4209 return FALSE;
4210
4211 case R_SH_DIR16:
4212 case R_SH_DIR8:
4213 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4214 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4215 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4216 goto final_link_relocate;
4217
4218 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4219 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4220 if (relocation & 3)
4221 {
4222 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4223 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4224 input_section->owner,
4225 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4226 (unsigned long) relocation));
4227 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4228 return FALSE;
4229 }
4230 goto final_link_relocate;
4231
4232 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4233 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4234 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4235 if (relocation & 1)
4236 {
4237 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4238 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4239 input_section->owner,
4240 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4241 (unsigned long) relocation));
4242 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4243 return FALSE;
4244 }
4245 goto final_link_relocate;
4246
4247 case R_SH_PSHA:
4248 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4249 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4250 {
4251 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4252 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4253 input_section->owner,
4254 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4255 (unsigned long) relocation));
4256 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4257 return FALSE;
4258 }
4259 goto final_link_relocate;
4260
4261 case R_SH_PSHL:
4262 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4263 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4264 {
4265 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4266 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4267 input_section->owner,
4268 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4269 (unsigned long) relocation));
4270 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4271 return FALSE;
4272 }
4273 goto final_link_relocate;
4274
4275 case R_SH_DIR32:
4276 case R_SH_REL32:
4277 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4278 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4279 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4280 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4281 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4282 #endif
4283 if (info->shared
4284 && (h == NULL
4285 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4286 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4287 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4288 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4289 && !is_vxworks_tls
4290 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4291 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4292 {
4293 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4294 bfd_byte *loc;
4295 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4296
4297 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4298 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4299 time. */
4300
4301 if (sreloc == NULL)
4302 {
4303 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4304 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4305 if (sreloc == NULL)
4306 return FALSE;
4307 }
4308
4309 skip = FALSE;
4310 relocate = FALSE;
4311
4312 outrel.r_offset =
4313 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4314 rel->r_offset);
4315 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4316 skip = TRUE;
4317 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4318 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4319 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4320 + input_section->output_offset);
4321
4322 if (skip)
4323 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4324 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4325 {
4326 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4327 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4328 outrel.r_addend
4329 = (howto->partial_inplace
4330 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4331 : addend);
4332 }
4333 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4334 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4335 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4336 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4337 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4338 {
4339 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4340 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4341 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4342 }
4343 #endif
4344 else if (fdpic_p
4345 && (h == NULL
4346 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4347 && h->def_regular)))
4348 {
4349 int dynindx;
4350
4351 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4352 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4353 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4354 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4355 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4356 outrel.r_addend
4357 += (howto->partial_inplace
4358 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4359 : addend);
4360 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4361 }
4362 else
4363 {
4364 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4365 become local. */
4366 if (h == NULL
4367 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4368 && h->def_regular))
4369 {
4370 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4371 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4372 }
4373 else
4374 {
4375 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4376 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4377 }
4378 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4379 outrel.r_addend
4380 += (howto->partial_inplace
4381 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4382 : addend);
4383 }
4384
4385 loc = sreloc->contents;
4386 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4387 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4388
4389 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4390
4391 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4392 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4393 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4394 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4395 if (! relocate)
4396 continue;
4397 }
4398 else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4399 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4400 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4401 {
4402 bfd_vma offset;
4403
4404 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4405
4406 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4407 input_section->output_section))
4408 {
4409 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4410 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4411 input_bfd,
4412 input_section,
4413 (long) rel->r_offset,
4414 symname);
4415 return FALSE;
4416 }
4417
4418 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4419 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4420 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4421 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4422 input_section->output_section->vma
4423 + input_section->output_offset
4424 + rel->r_offset);
4425
4426 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4427 }
4428 goto final_link_relocate;
4429
4430 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4431 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4432 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4433 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4434 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4435 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4436 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4437 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4438 #endif
4439 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4440 procedure linkage table. */
4441
4442 if (h == NULL
4443 || h->forced_local
4444 || ! info->shared
4445 || info->symbolic
4446 || h->dynindx == -1
4447 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4448 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4449 goto force_got;
4450
4451 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4452 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4453
4454 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4455 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4456 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4457 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4458 + 3) * 4);
4459
4460 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4461 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4462 #endif
4463
4464 goto final_link_relocate;
4465
4466 force_got:
4467 case R_SH_GOT32:
4468 case R_SH_GOT20:
4469 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4470 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4471 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4472 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4473 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4474 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4475 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4476 #endif
4477 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4478 offset table. */
4479
4480 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4481 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4482 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4483
4484 if (h != NULL)
4485 {
4486 bfd_boolean dyn;
4487
4488 off = h->got.offset;
4489 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4490 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4491 {
4492 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4493
4494 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4495 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4496 }
4497 #endif
4498 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4499
4500 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4501 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4502 || (info->shared
4503 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4504 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4505 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4506 {
4507 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4508 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4509 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4510 because of a version file. We must initialize
4511 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4512 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4513 least significant bit to record whether we have
4514 initialized it already.
4515
4516 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4517 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4518 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4519 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4520 off &= ~1;
4521 else
4522 {
4523 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4524 sgot->contents + off);
4525 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4526 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4527 {
4528 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4529
4530 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4531 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4532 }
4533 else
4534 #endif
4535 h->got.offset |= 1;
4536
4537 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4538 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4539 if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4540 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4541 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4542 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4543 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4544 sgot->output_section->vma
4545 + sgot->output_offset
4546 + off);
4547 }
4548 }
4549
4550 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4551 }
4552 else
4553 {
4554 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4555 if (rel->r_addend)
4556 {
4557 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4558 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4559 + r_symndx]
4560 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4561
4562 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4563 + r_symndx];
4564 }
4565 else
4566 {
4567 #endif
4568 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4569 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4570
4571 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4572 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4573 }
4574 #endif
4575
4576 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4577 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4578 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4579 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4580 off &= ~1;
4581 else
4582 {
4583 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4584
4585 if (info->shared)
4586 {
4587 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4588 bfd_byte *loc;
4589
4590 if (srelgot == NULL)
4591 {
4592 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj,
4593 ".rela.got");
4594 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4595 }
4596
4597 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4598 + sgot->output_offset
4599 + off);
4600 if (fdpic_p)
4601 {
4602 int dynindx
4603 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4604 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4605 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4606 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4607 }
4608 else
4609 {
4610 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4611 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4612 }
4613 loc = srelgot->contents;
4614 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4615 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4616 }
4617 else if (fdpic_p
4618 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4619 == GOT_NORMAL))
4620 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4621 sgot->output_section->vma
4622 + sgot->output_offset
4623 + off);
4624
4625 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4626 if (rel->r_addend)
4627 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4628 else
4629 #endif
4630 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4631 }
4632
4633 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4634 }
4635
4636 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4637 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4638 #endif
4639
4640 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4641 {
4642 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4643 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4644 rel->r_offset);
4645 break;
4646 }
4647 else
4648 goto final_link_relocate;
4649
4650 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4651 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4652 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4653 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4654 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4655 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4656 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4657 #endif
4658 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4659 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4660 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4661 descriptors in front of it. */
4662 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4663 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4664 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4665 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4666 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4667
4668 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4669 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4670 #endif
4671
4672 addend = rel->r_addend;
4673
4674 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4675 {
4676 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4677 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4678 rel->r_offset);
4679 break;
4680 }
4681 else
4682 goto final_link_relocate;
4683
4684 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4685 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4686 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4687 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4688 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4689 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4690 #endif
4691 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4692
4693 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4694 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4695
4696 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4697 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4698 #endif
4699
4700 addend = rel->r_addend;
4701
4702 goto final_link_relocate;
4703
4704 case R_SH_PLT32:
4705 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4706 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4707 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4708 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4709 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4710 #endif
4711 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4712 procedure linkage table. */
4713
4714 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4715 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4716 if (h == NULL)
4717 goto final_link_relocate;
4718
4719 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4720 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4721 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4722 behavior. */
4723 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4724 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4725
4726 if (h->forced_local)
4727 goto final_link_relocate;
4728
4729 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4730 {
4731 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4732 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4733 using -Bsymbolic. */
4734 goto final_link_relocate;
4735 }
4736
4737 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4738 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4739 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4740 + splt->output_offset
4741 + h->plt.offset);
4742
4743 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4744 relocation++;
4745 #endif
4746
4747 addend = rel->r_addend;
4748
4749 goto final_link_relocate;
4750
4751 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4752 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4753 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4754 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4755 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4756 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4757 {
4758 int dynindx = -1;
4759 asection *reloc_section;
4760 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4761 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4762
4763 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4764
4765 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4766
4767 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4768 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4769 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4770 does. */
4771
4772 relocation = 0;
4773 addend = 0;
4774
4775 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4776 {
4777 reloc_section = input_section;
4778 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4779 }
4780 else
4781 {
4782 reloc_section = sgot;
4783
4784 if (h != NULL)
4785 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4786 else
4787 {
4788 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4789 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4790 }
4791 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4792
4793 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4794 {
4795 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4796 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4797 }
4798 }
4799
4800 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4801 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4802 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4803 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4804 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4805 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4806 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4807 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4808 {
4809 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4810 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4811 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4812 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4813 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4814 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4815 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4816 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4817 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4818 + h->root.u.def.value;
4819 }
4820 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4821 {
4822 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4823 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4824 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4825 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4826 descriptor. */
4827 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4828 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4829 }
4830 else
4831 {
4832 bfd_vma offset;
4833
4834 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4835 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4836 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4837 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4838 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4839
4840 if (h)
4841 {
4842 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4843 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4844 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4845 {
4846 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4847 offset, NULL, 0))
4848 return FALSE;
4849 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4850 }
4851 }
4852 else
4853 {
4854 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4855
4856 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4857 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4858 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4859 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4860 {
4861 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4862 offset, sec,
4863 sym->st_value))
4864 return FALSE;
4865 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4866 }
4867 }
4868
4869 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4870 }
4871
4872 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4873 {
4874 bfd_vma offset;
4875
4876 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4877 reloc_section->output_section))
4878 {
4879 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4880 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4881 input_bfd,
4882 input_section,
4883 (long) rel->r_offset,
4884 symname);
4885 return FALSE;
4886 }
4887
4888 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4889 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4890
4891 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4892 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4893 offset
4894 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4895 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4896 }
4897 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4898 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4899 {
4900 bfd_vma offset;
4901
4902 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4903 reloc_section->output_section))
4904 {
4905 info->callbacks->warning
4906 (info,
4907 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4908 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4909 return FALSE;
4910 }
4911
4912 if (srelgot == NULL)
4913 {
4914 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4915 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4916 }
4917
4918 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4919 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4920
4921 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4922 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4923 offset
4924 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4925 + reloc_section->output_offset,
4926 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4927
4928 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4929 {
4930 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4931 break;
4932 }
4933 else
4934 {
4935 relocation = 0;
4936 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4937 }
4938 }
4939
4940 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4941 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4942 funcdesc_leave_zero:
4943 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4944 {
4945 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4946 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4947 if (h != NULL)
4948 h->got.offset |= 1;
4949 else
4950 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4951
4952 funcdesc_done_got:
4953
4954 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4955 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4956 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4957 #endif
4958 }
4959 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4960 {
4961 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4962 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4963 rel->r_offset);
4964 break;
4965 }
4966 else
4967 goto final_link_relocate;
4968 }
4969 break;
4970
4971 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
4972 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
4973 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
4974 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
4975 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4976 for them. */
4977 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4978
4979 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4980 relocation = 0;
4981 addend = rel->r_addend;
4982
4983 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4984 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
4985 {
4986 _bfd_error_handler
4987 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
4988 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4989 h->root.root.string);
4990 return FALSE;
4991 }
4992 else
4993 {
4994 bfd_vma offset;
4995
4996 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4997 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4998 if (h)
4999 {
5000 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5001 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5002 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5003 {
5004 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5005 offset, NULL, 0))
5006 return FALSE;
5007 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5008 }
5009 }
5010 else
5011 {
5012 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5013
5014 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5015 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5016 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5017 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5018 {
5019 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5020 offset, sec,
5021 sym->st_value))
5022 return FALSE;
5023 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5024 }
5025 }
5026
5027 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5028 }
5029
5030 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5031 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5032 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5033 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5034 #endif
5035
5036 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5037 {
5038 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5039 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5040 rel->r_offset);
5041 break;
5042 }
5043 else
5044 goto final_link_relocate;
5045
5046 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5047 {
5048 static bfd_vma start, end;
5049
5050 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5051 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5052 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5053 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5054 break;
5055
5056 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5057 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5058 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5059 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5060 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5061 break;
5062 }
5063
5064 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5065 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5066 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5067 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5068 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5069 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5070 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5071 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5072 else if (h != NULL)
5073 {
5074 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5075 if (! info->shared
5076 && (h->dynindx == -1
5077 || h->def_regular))
5078 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5079 }
5080
5081 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5082 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5083
5084 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5085 {
5086 bfd_vma offset;
5087 unsigned short insn;
5088
5089 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5090 {
5091 /* GD->LE transition:
5092 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5093 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5094 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5095 We change it into:
5096 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5097 nop; nop; ...
5098 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5099
5100 offset = rel->r_offset;
5101 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5102 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5103 offset -= 16;
5104 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5105 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5106 {
5107 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5108 offset -= 2;
5109 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5110 }
5111
5112 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5113 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5114 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5115 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5116 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5117 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5118 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5119 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5120 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5121 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5122 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5123
5124 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5125 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5126 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5127 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5128 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5129 }
5130 else
5131 {
5132 int target;
5133
5134 /* IE->LE transition:
5135 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5136 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5137 We change it into:
5138 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5139 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5140
5141 offset = rel->r_offset;
5142 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5143 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5144 offset -= 10;
5145 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5146 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5147 {
5148 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5149 offset -= 2;
5150 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5151 }
5152
5153 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5154 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5155 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5156 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5157 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5158 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5159 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5160 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5161 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5162 }
5163
5164 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5165 contents + rel->r_offset);
5166 continue;
5167 }
5168
5169 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5170 abort ();
5171
5172 if (h != NULL)
5173 off = h->got.offset;
5174 else
5175 {
5176 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5177 abort ();
5178
5179 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5180 }
5181
5182 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5183 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5184 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5185 {
5186 off &= ~1;
5187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5188 sgot->contents + off);
5189 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5190 contents + rel->r_offset);
5191 continue;
5192 }
5193
5194 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5195 off &= ~1;
5196 else
5197 {
5198 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5199 bfd_byte *loc;
5200 int dr_type, indx;
5201
5202 if (srelgot == NULL)
5203 {
5204 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5205 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5206 }
5207
5208 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5209 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5210
5211 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5212 indx = 0;
5213 else
5214 indx = h->dynindx;
5215
5216 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5217 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5218 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5219 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5220 else
5221 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5222 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5223 loc = srelgot->contents;
5224 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5225 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5226
5227 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5228 {
5229 if (indx == 0)
5230 {
5231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5232 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5233 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5234 }
5235 else
5236 {
5237 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5238 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5239 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5240 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5241 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5242 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5243 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5244 }
5245 }
5246
5247 if (h != NULL)
5248 h->got.offset |= 1;
5249 else
5250 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5251 }
5252
5253 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5254 abort ();
5255
5256 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5257 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5258 else
5259 {
5260 bfd_vma offset;
5261 unsigned short insn;
5262
5263 /* GD->IE transition:
5264 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5265 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5266 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5267 We change it into:
5268 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5269 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5270 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5271
5272 offset = rel->r_offset;
5273 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5274 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5275 offset -= 16;
5276 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5277 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5278 {
5279 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5280 offset -= 2;
5281 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5282 }
5283
5284 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5285
5286 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5287 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5288
5289 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5290 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5291 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5292 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5293 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5294 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5295 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5296 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5297 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5298 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5299
5300 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5301 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5302 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5303 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5304 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5305
5306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5307 contents + rel->r_offset);
5308
5309 continue;
5310 }
5311
5312 addend = rel->r_addend;
5313
5314 goto final_link_relocate;
5315
5316 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5317 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5318 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5319 if (! info->shared)
5320 {
5321 bfd_vma offset;
5322 unsigned short insn;
5323
5324 /* LD->LE transition:
5325 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5326 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5327 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5328 We change it into:
5329 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5330 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5331
5332 offset = rel->r_offset;
5333 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5334 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5335 offset -= 16;
5336 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5337 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5338 {
5339 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5340 offset -= 2;
5341 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5342 }
5343
5344 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5345 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5346 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5347 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5348 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5349 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5350 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5351 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5352 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5353 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5354 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5355
5356 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5357 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5358 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5359 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5360 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5361 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5362
5363 continue;
5364 }
5365
5366 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5367 abort ();
5368
5369 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5370 if (off & 1)
5371 off &= ~1;
5372 else
5373 {
5374 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5375 bfd_byte *loc;
5376
5377 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5378 if (srelgot == NULL)
5379 abort ();
5380
5381 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5382 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5383 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5384 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5385 loc = srelgot->contents;
5386 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5387 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5388 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5389 }
5390
5391 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5392 addend = rel->r_addend;
5393
5394 goto final_link_relocate;
5395
5396 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5397 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5398 if (! info->shared)
5399 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5400 else
5401 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5402
5403 addend = rel->r_addend;
5404 goto final_link_relocate;
5405
5406 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5407 {
5408 int indx;
5409 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5410 bfd_byte *loc;
5411
5412 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5413
5414 if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5415 {
5416 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5417 addend = rel->r_addend;
5418 goto final_link_relocate;
5419 }
5420
5421 if (sreloc == NULL)
5422 {
5423 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5424 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5425 if (sreloc == NULL)
5426 return FALSE;
5427 }
5428
5429 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5430 indx = 0;
5431 else
5432 indx = h->dynindx;
5433
5434 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5435 + input_section->output_offset
5436 + rel->r_offset);
5437 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5438 if (indx == 0)
5439 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5440 else
5441 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5442
5443 loc = sreloc->contents;
5444 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5445 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5446 continue;
5447 }
5448 }
5449
5450 relocation_done:
5451 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5452 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5453 {
5454 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5455 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5456 {
5457 if (info->shared)
5458 {
5459 info->callbacks->einfo
5460 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5461 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5462 return FALSE;
5463 }
5464 else
5465 info->callbacks->einfo
5466 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5467 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5468 }
5469
5470 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5471 }
5472
5473 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5474 {
5475 switch (r)
5476 {
5477 default:
5478 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5479 abort ();
5480 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5481 {
5482 const char *name;
5483
5484 if (h != NULL)
5485 name = NULL;
5486 else
5487 {
5488 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5489 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5490 if (name == NULL)
5491 return FALSE;
5492 if (*name == '\0')
5493 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5494 }
5495 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5496 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5497 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5498 rel->r_offset)))
5499 return FALSE;
5500 }
5501 break;
5502 }
5503 }
5504 }
5505
5506 return TRUE;
5507 }
5508
5509 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5510 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5511
5512 static bfd_byte *
5513 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5514 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5515 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5516 bfd_byte *data,
5517 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5518 asymbol **symbols)
5519 {
5520 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5521 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5522 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5523 asection **sections = NULL;
5524 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5525 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5526
5527 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5528 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5529 if (relocatable
5530 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5531 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5532 link_order, data,
5533 relocatable,
5534 symbols);
5535
5536 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5537
5538 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5539 (size_t) input_section->size);
5540
5541 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5542 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5543 {
5544 asection **secpp;
5545 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5546 bfd_size_type amt;
5547
5548 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5549 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5550 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5551 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5552 goto error_return;
5553
5554 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5555 {
5556 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5557 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5558 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5559 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5560 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5561 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5562 goto error_return;
5563 }
5564
5565 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5566 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5567 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5568 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5569 goto error_return;
5570
5571 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5572 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5573 {
5574 asection *isec;
5575
5576 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5577 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5578 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5579 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5580 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5581 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5582 else
5583 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5584
5585 *secpp = isec;
5586 }
5587
5588 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5589 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5590 isymbuf, sections))
5591 goto error_return;
5592
5593 if (sections != NULL)
5594 free (sections);
5595 if (isymbuf != NULL
5596 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5597 free (isymbuf);
5598 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5599 free (internal_relocs);
5600 }
5601
5602 return data;
5603
5604 error_return:
5605 if (sections != NULL)
5606 free (sections);
5607 if (isymbuf != NULL
5608 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5609 free (isymbuf);
5610 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5611 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5612 free (internal_relocs);
5613 return NULL;
5614 }
5615
5616 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5617 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5618 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5619
5620 static bfd_vma
5621 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5622 {
5623 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5624 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5625 return 0;
5626 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5627 }
5628
5629 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5630
5631 static bfd_vma
5632 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5633 {
5634 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5635 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5636 return 0;
5637 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5638 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5639 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5640 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5641 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5642 }
5643
5644 static asection *
5645 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5646 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5647 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5648 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5649 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5650 {
5651 if (h != NULL)
5652 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5653 {
5654 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5655 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5656 return NULL;
5657 }
5658
5659 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5660 }
5661
5662 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5663
5664 static bfd_boolean
5665 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5666 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5667 {
5668 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5669 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5670 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5671 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5672 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5673
5674 if (info->relocatable)
5675 return TRUE;
5676
5677 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5678
5679 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5680 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5681 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5682 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5683
5684 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5685 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5686 {
5687 unsigned long r_symndx;
5688 unsigned int r_type;
5689 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5690 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5691 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5692 #endif
5693
5694 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5695 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5696 {
5697 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5698 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5699 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5700
5701 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5702 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5703 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5704 {
5705 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5706 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5707 #endif
5708 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5709 }
5710 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5711 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5712 if (p->sec == sec)
5713 {
5714 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5715 *pp = p->next;
5716 break;
5717 }
5718 }
5719
5720 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5721 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5722 {
5723 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5724 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5725 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5726 break;
5727
5728 case R_SH_GOT32:
5729 case R_SH_GOT20:
5730 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5731 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5732 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5733 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5734 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5735 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5736 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5737 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5738 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5739 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5740 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5741 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5742 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5743 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5744 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5745 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5746 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5747 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5748 #endif
5749 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5750 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5751 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5752 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5753 if (h != NULL)
5754 {
5755 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5756 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5757 {
5758 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5759 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5760 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5761 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5762 }
5763 else
5764 #endif
5765 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5766 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5767 }
5768 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5769 {
5770 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5771 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5772 {
5773 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5774 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5775 }
5776 else
5777 #endif
5778 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5779 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5780 }
5781 break;
5782
5783 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5784 if (h != NULL)
5785 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5786 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5787 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5788
5789 /* Fall through. */
5790
5791 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5792 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5793 if (h != NULL)
5794 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5795 else
5796 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5797 break;
5798
5799 case R_SH_DIR32:
5800 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5801 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5802 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5803 /* Fall thru */
5804
5805 case R_SH_REL32:
5806 if (info->shared)
5807 break;
5808 /* Fall thru */
5809
5810 case R_SH_PLT32:
5811 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5812 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5813 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5814 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5815 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5816 #endif
5817 if (h != NULL)
5818 {
5819 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5820 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5821 }
5822 break;
5823
5824 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5825 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5826 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5827 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5828 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5829 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5830 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5831 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5832 #endif
5833 if (h != NULL)
5834 {
5835 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5836 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5837 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5838 {
5839 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5840 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5841 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5842 }
5843 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5844 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5845 {
5846 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5847 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5848 }
5849 #endif
5850 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5851 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5852 }
5853 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5854 {
5855 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5856 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5857 {
5858 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5859 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5860 }
5861 else
5862 #endif
5863 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5864 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5865 }
5866 break;
5867
5868 default:
5869 break;
5870 }
5871 }
5872
5873 return TRUE;
5874 }
5875
5876 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5877
5878 static void
5879 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5880 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5881 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5882 {
5883 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5884
5885 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5886 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5887
5888 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5889 {
5890 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5891 {
5892 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5893 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5894
5895 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5896 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5897 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5898 {
5899 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
5900
5901 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5902 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5903 {
5904 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5905 q->count += p->count;
5906 *pp = p->next;
5907 break;
5908 }
5909 if (q == NULL)
5910 pp = &p->next;
5911 }
5912 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5913 }
5914
5915 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
5916 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5917 }
5918 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5919 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5920 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5921 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
5922 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
5923 #endif
5924 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5925 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5926 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5927 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5928
5929 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5930 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5931 {
5932 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5933 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5934 }
5935
5936 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5937 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5938 {
5939 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5940 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5941 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
5942 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5943 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5944 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5945 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5946 }
5947 else
5948 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5949 }
5950
5951 static int
5952 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5953 int is_local)
5954 {
5955 if (info->shared)
5956 return r_type;
5957
5958 switch (r_type)
5959 {
5960 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5961 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5962 if (is_local)
5963 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5964 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5965 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5966 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5967 }
5968
5969 return r_type;
5970 }
5971
5972 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5973 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5974 virtual table relocs for gc. */
5975
5976 static bfd_boolean
5977 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5978 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5979 {
5980 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5981 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5982 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5983 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5984 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5985 asection *sreloc;
5986 unsigned int r_type;
5987 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
5988
5989 sreloc = NULL;
5990
5991 if (info->relocatable)
5992 return TRUE;
5993
5994 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
5995
5996 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5997 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5998
5999 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6000 if (htab == NULL)
6001 return FALSE;
6002
6003 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6004 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6005 {
6006 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6007 unsigned long r_symndx;
6008 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6009 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6010 #endif
6011
6012 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6013 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6014
6015 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6016 h = NULL;
6017 else
6018 {
6019 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6020 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6021 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6022 {
6023 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6024 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6025 #endif
6026 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6027 }
6028 }
6029
6030 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6031 if (! info->shared
6032 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6033 && h != NULL
6034 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6035 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6036 && (h->dynindx == -1
6037 || h->def_regular))
6038 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6039
6040 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6041 switch (r_type)
6042 {
6043 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6044 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6045 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6046 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6047 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6048 if (h != NULL)
6049 {
6050 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6051 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6052 {
6053 case STV_INTERNAL:
6054 case STV_HIDDEN:
6055 break;
6056 default:
6057 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6058 break;
6059 }
6060 }
6061 break;
6062 }
6063
6064 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6065 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6066 {
6067 switch (r_type)
6068 {
6069 case R_SH_DIR32:
6070 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6071 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6072 break;
6073 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6074 case R_SH_GOT32:
6075 case R_SH_GOT20:
6076 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6077 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6078 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6079 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6080 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6081 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6082 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6083 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6084 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6085 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6086 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6087 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6088 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6089 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6090 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6091 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6092 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6093 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6094 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6095 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6096 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6097 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6098 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6099 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6100 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6101 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6102 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6103 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6104 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6105 #endif
6106 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6107 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6108 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6109 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6110 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6111 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6112 return FALSE;
6113 break;
6114
6115 default:
6116 break;
6117 }
6118 }
6119
6120 switch (r_type)
6121 {
6122 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6123 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6124 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6125 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6126 return FALSE;
6127 break;
6128
6129 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6130 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6131 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6132 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6133 if (h != NULL
6134 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6135 return FALSE;
6136 break;
6137
6138 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6139 if (info->shared)
6140 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6141
6142 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6143 force_got:
6144 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6145 case R_SH_GOT32:
6146 case R_SH_GOT20:
6147 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6148 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6149 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6150 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6151 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6152 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6153 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6154 #endif
6155 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6156 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6157 switch (r_type)
6158 {
6159 default:
6160 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6161 break;
6162 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6163 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6164 break;
6165 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6166 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6167 break;
6168 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6169 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6170 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6171 break;
6172 }
6173
6174 if (h != NULL)
6175 {
6176 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6177 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6178 {
6179 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6180 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6181
6182 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6183 }
6184 else
6185 #endif
6186 h->got.refcount += 1;
6187 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6188 }
6189 else
6190 {
6191 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6192
6193 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6194 symbol. */
6195 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6196 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6197 {
6198 bfd_size_type size;
6199
6200 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6201 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6202 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6203 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6204 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6205 size *= 2;
6206 #endif
6207 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6208 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6209 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6210 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6211 return FALSE;
6212 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6213 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6214 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6215 GOT offsets. */
6216 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6217 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6218 #else
6219 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6220 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6221 #endif
6222 }
6223 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6224 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6225 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6226 else
6227 #endif
6228 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6229 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6230 }
6231
6232 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6233 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6234 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6235 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6236 {
6237 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6238 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6239 else
6240 {
6241 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6242 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6243 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6244 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6245 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6246 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6247 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6248 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6249 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6250 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6251 else
6252 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6253 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6254 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6255 return FALSE;
6256 }
6257 }
6258
6259 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6260 {
6261 if (h != NULL)
6262 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6263 else
6264 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6265 }
6266
6267 break;
6268
6269 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6270 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6271 break;
6272
6273 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6274 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6275 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6276 if (rel->r_addend)
6277 {
6278 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6279 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6280 abfd);
6281 return FALSE;
6282 }
6283
6284 if (h == NULL)
6285 {
6286 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6287
6288 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6289 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6290 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6291 {
6292 bfd_size_type size;
6293
6294 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6295 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6296 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6297 size *= 2;
6298 #endif
6299 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6300 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6301 return FALSE;
6302 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6303 }
6304 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6305
6306 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6307 {
6308 if (!info->shared)
6309 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6310 else
6311 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6312 }
6313 }
6314 else
6315 {
6316 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6317 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6318 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6319
6320 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6321 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6322 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6323 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6324 {
6325 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6326 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6327 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6328 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6329 else
6330 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6331 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6332 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6333 }
6334 }
6335 break;
6336
6337 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6338 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6339 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6340 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6341 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6342 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6343 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6344 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6345 #endif
6346 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6347 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6348
6349 if (h == NULL
6350 || h->forced_local
6351 || ! info->shared
6352 || info->symbolic
6353 || h->dynindx == -1)
6354 goto force_got;
6355
6356 h->needs_plt = 1;
6357 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6358 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6359
6360 break;
6361
6362 case R_SH_PLT32:
6363 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6364 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6365 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6366 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6367 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6368 #endif
6369 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6370 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6371 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6372 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6373 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6374 after all. */
6375
6376 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6377 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6378 if (h == NULL)
6379 continue;
6380
6381 if (h->forced_local)
6382 break;
6383
6384 h->needs_plt = 1;
6385 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6386 break;
6387
6388 case R_SH_DIR32:
6389 case R_SH_REL32:
6390 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6391 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6392 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6393 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6394 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6395 #endif
6396 if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6397 {
6398 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6399 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6400 }
6401
6402 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6403 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6404 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6405 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6406 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6407 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6408 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6409 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6410 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6411 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6412 possibility below by storing information in the
6413 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6414 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6415 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6416
6417 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6418 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6419 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6420 symbol. */
6421 if ((info->shared
6422 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6423 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6424 || (h != NULL
6425 && (! info->symbolic
6426 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6427 || !h->def_regular))))
6428 || (! info->shared
6429 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6430 && h != NULL
6431 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6432 || !h->def_regular)))
6433 {
6434 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6435 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6436
6437 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6438 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6439
6440 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6441 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6442 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6443 if (sreloc == NULL)
6444 {
6445 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6446 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6447
6448 if (sreloc == NULL)
6449 return FALSE;
6450 }
6451
6452 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6453 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6454 if (h != NULL)
6455 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6456 else
6457 {
6458 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6459 asection *s;
6460 void *vpp;
6461 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6462
6463 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6464 abfd, r_symndx);
6465 if (isym == NULL)
6466 return FALSE;
6467
6468 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6469 if (s == NULL)
6470 s = sec;
6471
6472 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6473 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6474 }
6475
6476 p = *head;
6477 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6478 {
6479 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6480 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6481 if (p == NULL)
6482 return FALSE;
6483 p->next = *head;
6484 *head = p;
6485 p->sec = sec;
6486 p->count = 0;
6487 p->pc_count = 0;
6488 }
6489
6490 p->count += 1;
6491 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6492 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6493 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6494 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6495 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6496 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6497 #endif
6498 )
6499 p->pc_count += 1;
6500 }
6501
6502 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6503 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6504 fixup. */
6505 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6506 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6507 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6508 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6509 break;
6510
6511 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6512 if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6513 {
6514 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6515 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6516 abfd);
6517 return FALSE;
6518 }
6519
6520 break;
6521
6522 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6523 /* Nothing to do. */
6524 break;
6525
6526 default:
6527 break;
6528 }
6529 }
6530
6531 return TRUE;
6532 }
6533
6534 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6535 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6536
6537 static bfd_boolean
6538 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6539 {
6540 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6541
6542 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6543 return FALSE;
6544
6545 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6546 return FALSE;
6547
6548 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6549
6550 return TRUE;
6551 }
6552
6553
6554 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6555 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6556 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6557 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6558
6559 int
6560 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6561 {
6562 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6563
6564 for (; i>0; i--)
6565 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6566 return i;
6567
6568 /* shouldn't get here */
6569 BFD_FAIL();
6570
6571 return -1;
6572 }
6573 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6574
6575 #ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6576 /* Function to keep SH specific file flags. */
6577
6578 static bfd_boolean
6579 sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6580 {
6581 BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6582 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6583
6584 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6585 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6586 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6587 }
6588 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6589
6590 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6591 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6592
6593 static bfd_boolean
6594 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6595 {
6596 /* Copy object attributes. */
6597 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6598
6599 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6600 return TRUE;
6601
6602 return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6603 }
6604 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6605
6606 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6607
6608 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6609 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6610
6611 int
6612 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6613 {
6614 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6615 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6616
6617 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6618 }
6619
6620 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6621 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6622
6623 static bfd_boolean
6624 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6625 {
6626 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6627
6628 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6629 return TRUE;
6630
6631 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6632 {
6633 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6634 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6635 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6636 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6637 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6638 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6639 }
6640
6641 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6642 {
6643 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6644 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6645 ibfd);
6646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6647 return FALSE;
6648 }
6649
6650 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6651 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6652 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6653
6654 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6655 {
6656 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6657 ibfd);
6658 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6659 return FALSE;
6660 }
6661
6662 return TRUE;
6663 }
6664 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6665
6666 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6667 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6668 here. */
6669
6670 static bfd_boolean
6671 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6672 {
6673 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6674 return FALSE;
6675
6676 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6677 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6678 }
6679
6680 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6681 dynamic sections here. */
6682
6683 static bfd_boolean
6684 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6685 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6686 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6687 {
6688 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6689
6690 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6691 if (htab == NULL)
6692 return FALSE;
6693
6694 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6695 {
6696 asection *splt;
6697 asection *sgotplt;
6698 asection *srelplt;
6699
6700 bfd_vma plt_index;
6701 bfd_vma got_offset;
6702 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6703 bfd_byte *loc;
6704 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6705
6706 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6707 it up. */
6708
6709 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6710
6711 splt = htab->splt;
6712 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6713 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6714 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6715
6716 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6717 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6718 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6719 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6720 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6721
6722 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6723 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6724 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6725
6726 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6727 corresponds to this function. */
6728 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6729 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6730 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6731 bytes. */
6732 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6733 else
6734 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6735 reserved. */
6736 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6737
6738 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6739 if (info->shared)
6740 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6741 #endif
6742
6743 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6744 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6745 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6746 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6747
6748 if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6749 {
6750 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6751 {
6752 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6753 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6754 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6755 h->plt.offset
6756 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6757 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6758 }
6759 else
6760 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6761 (splt->contents
6762 + h->plt.offset
6763 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6764 }
6765 else
6766 {
6767 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6768
6769 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6770 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6771 + sgotplt->output_offset
6772 + got_offset),
6773 (splt->contents
6774 + h->plt.offset
6775 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6776 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6777 {
6778 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6779 int distance;
6780
6781 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6782 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6783 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6784 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6785 to the last element of the previous group. */
6786 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6787 the common resolver stub. */
6788 reachable_plts = ((4096
6789 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6790 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6791 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6792 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6793 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6794 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6795 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6796 else
6797 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6798 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6799
6800 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6801 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6802 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6803 (splt->contents
6804 + h->plt.offset
6805 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6806 }
6807 else
6808 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6809 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6810 (splt->contents
6811 + h->plt.offset
6812 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6813 }
6814
6815 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6816 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6817 if (info->shared)
6818 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6819 #endif
6820 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6821 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6822
6823 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6824 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6825 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6826 (splt->contents
6827 + h->plt.offset
6828 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6829
6830 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6831 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6832 (splt->output_section->vma
6833 + splt->output_offset
6834 + h->plt.offset
6835 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6836 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6837 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6838 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6839 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6840 htab->splt->output_section),
6841 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6842
6843 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6844 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6845 + sgotplt->output_offset
6846 + got_offset);
6847 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6848 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6849 else
6850 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6851 rel.r_addend = 0;
6852 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6853 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6854 #endif
6855 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6856 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6857
6858 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
6859 {
6860 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6861 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6862 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6863 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6864
6865 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6866 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6867 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
6868 + htab->splt->output_offset
6869 + h->plt.offset
6870 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6871 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6872 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6873 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6874 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6875
6876 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6877 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6878 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6879 + sgotplt->output_offset
6880 + got_offset);
6881 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6882 rel.r_addend = 0;
6883 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6884 }
6885
6886 if (!h->def_regular)
6887 {
6888 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6889 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
6890 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6891 }
6892 }
6893
6894 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6895 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6896 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6897 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6898 {
6899 asection *sgot;
6900 asection *srelgot;
6901 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6902 bfd_byte *loc;
6903
6904 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
6905 up. */
6906
6907 sgot = htab->sgot;
6908 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6909 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6910
6911 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6912 + sgot->output_offset
6913 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6914
6915 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6916 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6917 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6918 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6919 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6920 if (info->shared
6921 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6922 {
6923 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6924 {
6925 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6926 int dynindx
6927 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6928
6929 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6930 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6931 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6932 }
6933 else
6934 {
6935 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6936 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6937 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6938 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6939 }
6940 }
6941 else
6942 {
6943 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6944 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6945 rel.r_addend = 0;
6946 }
6947
6948 loc = srelgot->contents;
6949 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6950 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6951 }
6952
6953 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6954 {
6955 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
6956
6957 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6958 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6959 {
6960 asection *sgot;
6961 asection *srelgot;
6962 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6963 bfd_byte *loc;
6964
6965 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
6966 Set it up. */
6967
6968 sgot = htab->sgot;
6969 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6970 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6971
6972 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6973 + sgot->output_offset
6974 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6975
6976 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6977 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6978 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6979 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6980 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6981 if (info->shared
6982 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6983 {
6984 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6985 {
6986 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6987 int dynindx
6988 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6989
6990 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6991 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6992 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6993 }
6994 else
6995 {
6996 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6997 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6998 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6999 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7000 }
7001 }
7002 else
7003 {
7004 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7005 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7006 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7007 rel.r_addend = 0;
7008 }
7009
7010 loc = srelgot->contents;
7011 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7012 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7013 }
7014 }
7015 #endif
7016
7017 if (h->needs_copy)
7018 {
7019 asection *s;
7020 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7021 bfd_byte *loc;
7022
7023 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7024
7025 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7026 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7027 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7028
7029 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
7030 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7031
7032 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7033 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7034 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7035 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7036 rel.r_addend = 0;
7037 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7038 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7039 }
7040
7041 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7042 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7043 ".got" section. */
7044 if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
7045 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7046 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7047
7048 return TRUE;
7049 }
7050
7051 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7052
7053 static bfd_boolean
7054 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7055 {
7056 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7057 asection *sgotplt;
7058 asection *sdyn;
7059
7060 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7061 if (htab == NULL)
7062 return FALSE;
7063
7064 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7065 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7066
7067 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7068 {
7069 asection *splt;
7070 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7071
7072 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7073
7074 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7075 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7076 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7077 {
7078 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7079 asection *s;
7080 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7081 const char *name;
7082 #endif
7083
7084 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7085
7086 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7087 {
7088 default:
7089 if (htab->vxworks_p
7090 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7091 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7092 break;
7093
7094 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7095 case DT_INIT:
7096 name = info->init_function;
7097 goto get_sym;
7098
7099 case DT_FINI:
7100 name = info->fini_function;
7101 get_sym:
7102 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7103 {
7104 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7105
7106 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7107 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7108 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7109 {
7110 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7111 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7112 }
7113 }
7114 break;
7115 #endif
7116
7117 case DT_PLTGOT:
7118 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7119 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7120 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7121 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7122 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7123 break;
7124
7125 case DT_JMPREL:
7126 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7127 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7128 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7129 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7130 break;
7131
7132 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7133 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7134 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7135 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7136 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7137 break;
7138
7139 case DT_RELASZ:
7140 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7141 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7142 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7143 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7144 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7145 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7146 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7147 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7148 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7149 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7150 {
7151 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7152 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7153 }
7154 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7155 break;
7156 }
7157 }
7158
7159 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7160 splt = htab->splt;
7161 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7162 {
7163 unsigned int i;
7164
7165 memcpy (splt->contents,
7166 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7167 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7168 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7169 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7170 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7171 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7172 + sgotplt->output_offset
7173 + (i * 4)),
7174 (splt->contents
7175 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7176
7177 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7178 {
7179 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7180 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7181 bfd_byte *loc;
7182
7183 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7184 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7185 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7186 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7187 + splt->output_offset
7188 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7189 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7190 rel.r_addend = 8;
7191 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7192 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7193
7194 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7195 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7196 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7197 output. */
7198 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7199 {
7200 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7201 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7202 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7203 R_SH_DIR32);
7204 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7205 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7206
7207 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7208 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7209 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7210 R_SH_DIR32);
7211 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7212 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7213 }
7214 }
7215
7216 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7217 really seem like the right value. */
7218 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7219 }
7220 }
7221
7222 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7223 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7224 {
7225 if (sdyn == NULL)
7226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7227 else
7228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7229 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7230 sgotplt->contents);
7231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7233 }
7234
7235 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7236 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7237
7238 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7239 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7240 {
7241 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7242 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7243 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7244 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7245
7246 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7247
7248 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7249 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7250 }
7251
7252 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7253 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7254 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7255
7256 if (htab->srelgot)
7257 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7258 == htab->srelgot->size);
7259
7260 return TRUE;
7261 }
7262
7263 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7264 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7265 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7266 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7267 {
7268 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7269 {
7270 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7271 return reloc_class_relative;
7272 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7273 return reloc_class_plt;
7274 case R_SH_COPY:
7275 return reloc_class_copy;
7276 default:
7277 return reloc_class_normal;
7278 }
7279 }
7280
7281 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7282 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7283
7284 static bfd_boolean
7285 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7286 {
7287 int offset;
7288 unsigned int size;
7289
7290 switch (note->descsz)
7291 {
7292 default:
7293 return FALSE;
7294
7295 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7296 /* pr_cursig */
7297 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7298
7299 /* pr_pid */
7300 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7301
7302 /* pr_reg */
7303 offset = 72;
7304 size = 92;
7305
7306 break;
7307 }
7308
7309 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7310 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7311 size, note->descpos + offset);
7312 }
7313
7314 static bfd_boolean
7315 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7316 {
7317 switch (note->descsz)
7318 {
7319 default:
7320 return FALSE;
7321
7322 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7323 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
7324 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7325 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
7326 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7327 }
7328
7329 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7330 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7331 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7332
7333 {
7334 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
7335 int n = strlen (command);
7336
7337 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7338 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7339 }
7340
7341 return TRUE;
7342 }
7343 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7344
7345
7346 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7347 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7348
7349 static bfd_vma
7350 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7351 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7352 {
7353 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7354
7355 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7356 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7357 }
7358
7359 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7360 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7361
7362 static bfd_boolean
7363 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7364 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7365 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7366 {
7367 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7368
7369 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7370 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7371 return FALSE;
7372
7373 return TRUE;
7374 }
7375
7376 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7377
7378 static bfd_byte
7379 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7380 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7381 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7382 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7383 bfd_vma *encoded)
7384 {
7385 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7386 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7387
7388 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7389 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7390 loc_offset, encoded);
7391
7392 h = htab->root.hgot;
7393 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7394
7395 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7396 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7397 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7398 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7399
7400 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7401 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7402 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7403
7404 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7405 - (h->root.u.def.value
7406 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7407 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7408
7409 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7410 }
7411
7412 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7413 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7414 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7415 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7416 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7417 #endif
7418
7419 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7420 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7421 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7422 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7423 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7424 #else
7425 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7426 #endif
7427
7428 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7429
7430 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7431 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7432 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7433 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7434 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7435 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7436 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7437 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7438 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7439 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7440 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7441 sh_elf_set_private_flags
7442 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7443 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7444 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7445 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7446
7447 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7448 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7449 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7450 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7451 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7452 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7453 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7454 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7455 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7456 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7457 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7458 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7459 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7460 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7461 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7462 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7463 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7464 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7465 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7466 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7467 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7468 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7469 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7470 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7471 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7472 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7473 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7474 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7475
7476 #define elf_backend_stack_align 8
7477 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7478 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7479 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7480 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7481 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7482 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7483
7484 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7485
7486 #include "elf32-target.h"
7487
7488 /* NetBSD support. */
7489 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7490 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7491 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7492 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7493 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7494 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7495 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7496 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7497 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7498 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7499 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7500 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7501 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7502 #undef elf32_bed
7503 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7504
7505 #include "elf32-target.h"
7506
7507
7508 /* Linux support. */
7509 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7510 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7511 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7512 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7513 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7514 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7515 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7516 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7517 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7518 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7519
7520 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7521 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7522 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7523 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7524 #undef elf32_bed
7525 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7526
7527 #include "elf32-target.h"
7528
7529
7530 /* FDPIC support. */
7531 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7532 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7533 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7534 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7535 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7536 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7537 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7538 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7539
7540 #undef elf32_bed
7541 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7542
7543 #include "elf32-target.h"
7544
7545 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7546
7547 /* VxWorks support. */
7548 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7549 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7550 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7551 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7552 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7553 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7554 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7555 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7556 #undef elf32_bed
7557 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7558
7559 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7560 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7561 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7562 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7563 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7564 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7565 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7566 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7567 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7568 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7569 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7570 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7571 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7572 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7573 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7574 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7575 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7576 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7577 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7578 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7579
7580 #include "elf32-target.h"
7581
7582 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.235382 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.